1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
169 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
171 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
173 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
176 static int any_help_event_p
;
178 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
179 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
181 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
183 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
185 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
188 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
190 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
191 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
192 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
193 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
195 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
197 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
198 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
199 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
200 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
202 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
204 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
206 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
209 /* The application context for Xt use. */
210 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
211 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
212 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
214 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
216 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
218 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
219 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
221 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
223 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
224 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
225 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
227 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
231 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
232 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
233 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
234 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
236 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
238 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
239 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
240 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
241 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
242 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
243 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
244 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
245 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
246 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
249 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
251 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
252 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
254 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
256 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
257 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
260 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
261 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
264 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
266 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
267 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
268 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
269 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
270 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
271 it's somewhat accurate. */
273 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
275 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
279 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
281 static int input_signal_count
;
284 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
286 static int x_noop_count
;
288 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
290 extern char **initial_argv
;
291 extern int initial_argc
;
293 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
295 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
297 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
299 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
303 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
305 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
307 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
309 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
310 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
311 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
313 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
316 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
317 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
319 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
320 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
321 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
322 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
323 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
324 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
326 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
327 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
328 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
329 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
330 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
332 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
333 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
335 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
336 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
338 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
339 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
340 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
341 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
343 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
344 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
345 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
348 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
349 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
350 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
351 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
352 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
354 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
355 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
356 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
358 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
359 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
360 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
361 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
362 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
363 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
364 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
365 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
366 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
368 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
369 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
370 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
371 int *, struct input_event
*));
374 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
383 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
384 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
385 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
387 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
388 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
393 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
394 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
395 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
396 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
397 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
400 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
403 /***********************************************************************
405 ***********************************************************************/
409 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
410 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
418 struct record event_record
[100];
420 int event_record_index
;
422 record_event (locus
, type
)
426 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
427 event_record_index
= 0;
429 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
431 event_record_index
++;
438 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
440 struct x_display_info
*
441 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
446 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
447 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
455 /***********************************************************************
456 Starting and ending an update
457 ***********************************************************************/
459 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
460 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
461 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
462 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
463 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
473 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
474 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
478 x_update_window_begin (w
)
481 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
482 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
485 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
489 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
491 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
492 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
494 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
496 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
497 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
499 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
500 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
501 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
502 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
503 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
504 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
506 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
507 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
508 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
509 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
510 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
511 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
512 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
516 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
517 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
520 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
521 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
530 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
533 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
537 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
540 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
542 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
545 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
546 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
549 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
551 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
552 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
554 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
555 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
556 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
558 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
559 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
563 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
565 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
567 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
569 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
574 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
576 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
578 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
579 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
584 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
585 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
586 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
588 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
590 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
593 updated_window
= NULL
;
597 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
604 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
605 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
609 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
615 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
616 complete update has been performed. The global variable
617 updated_window is not available here. */
620 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
625 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
627 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
628 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
631 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
632 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
633 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
642 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
643 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
644 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
645 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
646 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
647 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
650 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
651 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
653 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
659 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
660 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
662 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
663 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
664 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
665 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
666 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
667 overhead is very small. */
668 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
669 && desired_row
->full_width_p
670 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
671 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
673 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
676 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
678 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
679 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
680 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
684 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
685 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
686 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
687 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
688 y
, width
, height
, False
);
694 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
696 struct glyph_row
*row
;
697 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
699 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
700 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
701 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
702 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
703 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
706 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
707 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
710 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
713 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
714 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
715 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
716 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
718 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
721 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
723 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
725 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
726 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
727 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
728 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
730 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
734 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
735 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
738 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
744 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
745 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
749 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
751 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
753 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
755 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
757 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
758 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
760 face
->background
, depth
);
764 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
765 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
768 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
769 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
770 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
771 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
774 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
775 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
780 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
781 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
782 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
786 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
791 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
792 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
793 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
797 XTset_terminal_modes ()
801 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
802 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
805 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
811 /***********************************************************************
813 ***********************************************************************/
815 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
817 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
820 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
821 is not contained in the font. */
824 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
827 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
829 /* The result metric information. */
830 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
832 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
834 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
836 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
838 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
839 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
840 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
841 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
842 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
843 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
844 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
845 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
846 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
847 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
851 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
852 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
853 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
854 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
856 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
857 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
861 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
863 \ = integer modulus */
864 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
865 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
866 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
867 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
869 pcm
= (font
->per_char
870 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
871 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
872 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
878 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
879 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
880 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
881 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
882 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
883 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
887 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
892 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
893 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
896 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
899 struct font_info
*font_info
;
902 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
903 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
905 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
906 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
908 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
910 /* It's a program. */
911 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
913 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
914 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
916 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
917 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
922 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
923 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
924 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
927 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
929 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
931 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
932 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
934 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
936 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
938 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
940 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
942 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
943 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
944 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
946 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
947 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
951 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
953 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
958 /***********************************************************************
960 ***********************************************************************/
964 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
977 unsigned long *, double, int));
978 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
979 double, int, unsigned long));
980 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
985 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
987 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
988 int, int, int, int, int, int,
990 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
991 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
994 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
998 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1003 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1005 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1006 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1007 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1009 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1012 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1016 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1019 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1020 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1021 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1022 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1023 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1024 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1025 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1027 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1028 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1029 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1031 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1032 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1035 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1036 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1037 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1038 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1040 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1041 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1044 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1045 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1047 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1052 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1055 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1056 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1061 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1062 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1063 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1065 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1067 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1068 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1070 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1071 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1072 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1074 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1075 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1076 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1079 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1084 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1085 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1086 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1087 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1088 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1089 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1091 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1092 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1095 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1096 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1098 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1101 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1105 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1106 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1107 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1110 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1113 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1117 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1118 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1122 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1123 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1125 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1127 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1129 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1130 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1132 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1134 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1135 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1137 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1139 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1142 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1144 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1145 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1147 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1148 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1150 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1151 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1155 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1156 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1159 /* GC must have been set. */
1160 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1164 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1165 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1168 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1169 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1172 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1173 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1178 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1179 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1182 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1183 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1186 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1189 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1190 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1191 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1192 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1193 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1198 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1201 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1202 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1206 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1207 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1208 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1209 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1213 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1214 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1215 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1216 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1217 contains the first component of a composition. */
1220 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1221 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1224 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1225 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1226 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1228 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1232 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1233 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1234 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1235 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1236 s
->background_width
,
1237 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1238 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1239 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1241 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1242 || s
->font_not_found_p
1243 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1246 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1247 s
->background_width
,
1248 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1249 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1255 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1258 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1259 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1263 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1264 of S to the right of that box line. */
1265 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1266 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1267 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1271 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1273 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1275 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1277 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1278 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1279 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1281 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1286 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1287 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1289 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1290 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1292 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1294 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1295 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1297 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1298 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1299 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1300 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1301 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1303 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1305 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1307 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1308 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1310 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1311 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1316 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1317 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1319 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1320 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1323 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1325 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1326 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1328 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1329 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1331 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1332 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1337 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1340 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1341 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1345 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1346 of S to the right of that box line. */
1347 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1348 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1349 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1353 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1354 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1355 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1356 this composition. */
1358 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1359 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1360 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1363 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1364 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1368 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1370 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1371 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1372 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1374 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1375 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1376 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1377 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1384 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1386 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1387 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1388 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1389 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1390 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1393 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1394 cannot be determined. */
1396 static struct frame
*
1397 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1400 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1404 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1406 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1407 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1408 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1409 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1410 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1411 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1413 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1414 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1415 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1416 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1417 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1418 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1419 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1420 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1427 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1428 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1429 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1430 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1433 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1438 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1439 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1443 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1444 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1445 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1446 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1447 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1448 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1451 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1455 unsigned long *pixel
;
1459 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1460 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1464 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1465 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1467 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1469 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1471 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1476 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1477 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1479 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1482 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1484 DPY is the display we are working on.
1486 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1487 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1488 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1489 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1491 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1492 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1494 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1495 we allocated the color or not.
1497 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1500 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1504 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1505 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1515 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1516 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1518 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1522 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1523 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1524 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1526 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1528 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1529 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1531 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1533 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1534 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1536 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1537 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1539 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1540 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1545 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1547 params
[0] = color_name
;
1548 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1549 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1550 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1555 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1557 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1559 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1563 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1567 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1568 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1571 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1576 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1577 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1578 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1580 APP is the application context in which we work.
1582 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1583 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1584 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1586 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1589 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1598 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1600 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1603 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1605 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1606 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1607 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1608 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1609 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1614 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1617 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1618 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1619 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1620 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1622 static const XColor
*
1623 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1627 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1629 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1631 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1634 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1635 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1636 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1637 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1638 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1640 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1643 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1644 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1647 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1648 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1652 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1653 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1656 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1661 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1663 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1666 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1668 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1669 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1670 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1671 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1675 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1679 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1680 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1683 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1687 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1691 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1692 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1693 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1697 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1704 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1707 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1708 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1709 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1710 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1712 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1714 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1716 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1718 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1719 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1720 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1721 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1723 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1726 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1730 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1731 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1732 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1733 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1737 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1738 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1739 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1740 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1741 XColor
*cached_color
;
1743 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1744 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1745 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1746 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1747 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1749 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1750 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1751 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1755 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1757 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1758 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1764 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1765 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1766 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1770 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1775 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1776 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1780 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1781 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1782 get color reference counts right. */
1785 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1787 unsigned long pixel
;
1791 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1793 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1794 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1796 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1797 register_color (pixel
);
1803 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1804 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1805 get color reference counts right. */
1808 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1811 unsigned long pixel
;
1815 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1817 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1818 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1820 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1821 register_color (pixel
);
1827 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1830 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1831 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1832 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1833 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1834 use an additional additive factor.
1836 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1837 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1838 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1841 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1842 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1843 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1844 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1845 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1846 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1849 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1853 unsigned long *pixel
;
1861 /* Get RGB color values. */
1862 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1863 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1865 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1866 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1867 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1868 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1869 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1871 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1872 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1874 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1875 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1876 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1877 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1878 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1880 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1881 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1882 /* The additive adjustment. */
1883 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1887 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1888 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1889 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1893 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1894 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1895 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1899 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1900 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1903 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1905 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1906 delta to the RGB values. */
1907 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1909 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1910 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1911 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1912 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1923 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1924 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1925 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1926 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1927 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1928 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1931 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1933 struct relief
*relief
;
1936 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1939 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1940 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1941 unsigned long pixel
;
1942 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1943 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1944 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1945 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1947 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1948 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1950 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1951 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1952 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1954 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1956 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1957 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1960 /* Allocate new color. */
1961 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1963 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1964 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1966 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1967 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1970 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1972 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1974 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1977 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1981 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1984 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1985 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1987 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1988 unsigned long color
;
1990 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1991 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1992 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1994 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1995 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2000 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2001 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2002 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2005 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2006 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2008 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2009 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2010 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2011 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2012 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2017 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2018 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2019 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2020 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2021 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2022 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2026 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2027 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2029 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2030 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2031 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2033 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2034 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2039 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2042 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2046 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2047 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2048 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2049 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2053 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2054 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2055 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2057 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2059 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2062 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2066 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2069 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2073 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2074 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2075 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2077 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2081 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2082 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2083 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2084 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2085 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2086 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2089 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2090 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2091 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2092 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2093 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2097 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2098 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2099 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2102 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2103 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2107 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2108 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2111 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2112 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2116 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2117 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2119 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2120 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2124 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2127 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2128 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2130 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2131 int left_p
, right_p
;
2132 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2133 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2135 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2136 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2137 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2139 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2140 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2142 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2144 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2145 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2147 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2149 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2151 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2153 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2154 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2156 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2157 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2158 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2160 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2162 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2164 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2165 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2166 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2169 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2170 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2171 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2176 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2179 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2183 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2185 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2186 right of that line. */
2187 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2188 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2190 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2192 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2194 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2195 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2196 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2197 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2203 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2204 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2205 trust on the shape extension to be available
2206 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2208 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2211 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2213 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2216 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2217 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2219 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2222 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2223 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2224 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2225 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2226 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2227 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2231 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2236 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2237 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2238 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2239 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2241 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2243 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2244 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2245 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2246 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2247 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2248 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2249 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2251 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2253 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2255 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2256 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2261 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2262 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2267 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2270 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2271 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2273 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2276 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2278 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2279 right of that line. */
2280 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2281 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2283 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2285 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2287 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2288 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2289 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2290 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2292 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2293 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2295 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2296 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2300 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2301 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2306 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2307 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2309 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2310 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2311 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2313 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2315 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2320 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2323 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2324 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2328 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2330 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2331 right of that line. */
2332 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2333 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2335 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2337 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2339 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2340 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2341 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2342 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2348 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2349 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2350 trust on the shape extension to be available
2351 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2353 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2357 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2358 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2359 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2360 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2361 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2363 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2364 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2365 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2366 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2370 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2371 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2372 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2374 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2375 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2376 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2377 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2378 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2379 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2380 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2382 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2384 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2385 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2386 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2391 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2392 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2393 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2397 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2398 give the rectangle to draw. */
2401 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2402 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2407 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2408 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2409 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2410 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2413 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2417 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2420 s->x +-------------------------
2423 | +-------------------------
2426 | | +-------------------
2432 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2433 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2435 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2436 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2438 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2441 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2442 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2443 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2444 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2446 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2447 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2449 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2450 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2454 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2455 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2459 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2460 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2461 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2462 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2463 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2465 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2466 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2467 s
->background_width
,
2470 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2472 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2474 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2477 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2478 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2479 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2480 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2481 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2486 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2488 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2489 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2490 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2491 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2499 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2501 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2503 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2504 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2506 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2509 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2512 /* Draw the foreground. */
2515 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2516 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2517 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2518 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2519 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2522 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2524 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2526 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2527 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2528 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2532 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2535 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2536 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2538 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2539 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2541 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2542 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2544 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2545 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2546 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2549 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2551 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2552 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2554 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2555 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2559 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2560 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2562 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2568 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2569 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2571 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2573 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2574 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2575 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2576 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2581 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2582 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2583 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2584 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2588 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2589 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2592 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2596 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2599 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2600 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2602 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2604 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2605 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2606 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2607 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2609 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2610 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2611 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2612 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2615 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2616 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2618 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2619 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2620 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2621 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2622 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2623 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2626 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2627 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2628 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2629 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2633 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2635 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2638 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2642 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2646 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2647 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2649 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2653 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2654 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2655 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2658 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2665 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2667 /* Draw underline. */
2668 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2670 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2673 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2674 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2677 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2678 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2679 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2680 specs, and its default is
2682 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2683 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2685 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2686 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2687 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2688 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2689 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2691 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2693 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2694 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2695 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2699 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2700 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2701 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2702 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2703 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2707 /* Draw overline. */
2708 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2710 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2712 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2713 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2718 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2719 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2720 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2726 /* Draw strike-through. */
2727 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2729 unsigned long h
= 1;
2730 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2732 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2733 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2738 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2739 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2740 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2742 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2746 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2747 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2748 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2751 /* Reset clipping. */
2752 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2755 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2758 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2760 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2762 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2763 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2764 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2768 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2779 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2780 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2783 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2790 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2791 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2795 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2796 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2806 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2808 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2810 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2811 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2812 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2814 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2815 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2817 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2819 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2820 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2821 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2823 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2830 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2832 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2833 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2835 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2838 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2839 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2842 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2843 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2845 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2846 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2847 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2849 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2850 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2854 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2856 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2857 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2861 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2863 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2864 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2866 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2868 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2880 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2881 pixels into background pixels. */
2885 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2886 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2887 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2889 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2890 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2894 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2895 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2896 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2897 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2898 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2899 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2900 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2904 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2905 edge it is next to. */
2906 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2908 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2909 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2912 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2913 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2920 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2922 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2923 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2925 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2927 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2928 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2929 width
, flash_height
);
2930 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2932 (height
- flash_height
2933 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2934 width
, flash_height
);
2937 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2938 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2939 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2940 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2945 struct timeval wakeup
;
2947 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2949 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2950 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2951 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2952 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2954 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2956 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2958 struct timeval current
;
2959 struct timeval timeout
;
2961 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2963 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2964 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2967 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2969 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2971 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2972 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2976 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2977 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2979 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2981 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2982 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2983 width
, flash_height
);
2984 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2986 (height
- flash_height
2987 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2988 width
, flash_height
);
2991 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2992 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2993 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2994 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2996 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3004 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3007 /* Make audible bell. */
3012 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3014 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3016 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3023 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3024 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3031 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3032 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3033 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3034 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3037 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3040 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3045 /***********************************************************************
3047 ***********************************************************************/
3049 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3050 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3053 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3060 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3063 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3067 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3068 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3070 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3071 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3073 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3075 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3076 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3077 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3081 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3082 line at the bottom. */
3083 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3084 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3086 height
= run
->height
;
3090 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3092 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3093 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3095 height
= run
->height
;
3100 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3104 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3105 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3106 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3116 /***********************************************************************
3118 ***********************************************************************/
3125 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3126 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3127 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3128 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3130 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3131 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3133 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3137 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3140 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3141 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3142 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3143 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3145 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3146 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3148 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3151 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3152 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3153 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3154 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3155 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3158 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3159 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3160 struct frame
*frame
;
3162 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3164 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3166 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3167 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3168 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3170 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3171 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3174 selected_frame
= frame
;
3175 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3177 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3178 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3181 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3182 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3184 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3187 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3190 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3191 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3192 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3195 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3198 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3199 struct frame
*frame
;
3200 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3202 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3204 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3206 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3207 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3209 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3210 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3211 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3212 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3213 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3215 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3216 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3220 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3223 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3224 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3227 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3229 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3231 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3233 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3234 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3238 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3239 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3244 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3245 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3247 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3250 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3251 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3253 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3255 struct frame
*frame
;
3257 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3261 switch (event
->type
)
3266 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3268 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3270 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3271 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3272 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3273 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3275 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3281 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3282 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3283 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3284 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3290 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3293 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3294 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3296 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3299 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3300 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3301 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3303 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3304 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3305 the appropriate X display info. */
3308 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3309 struct frame
*frame
;
3311 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3315 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3316 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3318 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3320 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3322 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3323 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3324 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3325 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3326 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3328 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3329 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3333 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3335 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3338 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3339 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3340 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3346 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3348 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3350 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3351 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3353 int min_code
, max_code
;
3356 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3358 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3359 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3360 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3361 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3362 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3365 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3367 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3368 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3371 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3372 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3374 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3376 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3377 Alt keysyms are on. */
3379 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3380 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3382 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3384 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3385 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3387 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3389 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3393 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3397 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3399 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3405 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3406 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3411 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3412 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3417 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3418 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3419 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3420 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3425 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3426 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3427 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3428 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3432 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3433 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3434 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3435 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3436 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3445 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3446 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3448 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3449 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3452 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3453 make them just meta, not alt. */
3454 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3456 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3459 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3460 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3463 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3467 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3471 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3472 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3473 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3474 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3477 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3478 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3479 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3480 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3481 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3482 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3483 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3484 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3487 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3488 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3489 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3490 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3491 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3492 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3496 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3497 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3500 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3501 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3502 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3503 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3507 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3508 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3509 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3510 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3511 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3512 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3513 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3514 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3517 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3518 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3519 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3520 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3521 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3522 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3525 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3528 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3534 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3542 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3544 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3546 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3550 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3551 struct input_event
*result
;
3552 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3555 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3557 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3558 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3559 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3560 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3562 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3566 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3567 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3568 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3574 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3575 The input handler calls this.
3577 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3578 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3579 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3580 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3582 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3583 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3586 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3588 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3590 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3591 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3592 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3594 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3596 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3597 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3598 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3601 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3602 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3603 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3604 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3605 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3607 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3608 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3609 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3614 /************************************************************************
3616 ************************************************************************/
3619 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3621 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3622 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3623 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3624 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3625 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3629 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3632 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3633 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3634 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3638 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3645 struct glyph_row
*r
, *end_row
;
3647 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3651 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3652 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3653 end_row
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3655 for (; r
< end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3659 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3660 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3662 while (g
< end
&& gx
< x
)
3663 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
;
3666 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3667 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3668 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3669 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3680 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3681 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3683 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3684 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3685 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3686 position on the scroll bar.
3688 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3689 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3692 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3693 was at this position.
3695 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3697 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3701 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3704 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3705 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3707 unsigned long *time
;
3713 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3714 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3720 Window dummy_window
;
3723 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3725 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3726 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3727 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3728 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3730 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3732 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3733 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3734 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3736 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3739 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3740 a different screen. */
3743 /* The position on that root window. */
3746 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3749 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3751 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3753 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3754 containing the pointer. */
3758 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3763 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3764 structure is changing at the same time this function
3765 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3767 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3769 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3770 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3772 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3773 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3774 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3776 /* From-window, to-window. */
3777 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3779 /* From-position, to-position. */
3780 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3784 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3790 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3792 /* From-window, to-window. */
3795 /* From-position, to-position. */
3796 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3801 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3809 /* Now we know that:
3810 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3811 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3812 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3813 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3814 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3815 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3816 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3817 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3818 never use them in that case.) */
3820 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3821 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3823 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3824 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3827 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3828 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3830 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3833 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3836 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3838 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3841 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3843 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3847 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3853 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3854 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3858 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3859 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3860 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3861 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3862 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3863 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3864 the frame are divided into. */
3866 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3869 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3870 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3873 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3874 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3878 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3879 round down even for negative values. */
3884 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3885 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3887 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3888 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3889 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3890 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3896 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3897 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3898 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3908 /***********************************************************************
3910 ***********************************************************************/
3912 /* Scroll bar support. */
3914 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3916 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3919 static struct scroll_bar
*
3920 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3926 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3927 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3928 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3930 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3931 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3934 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3936 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3937 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3938 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3941 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3943 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3944 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3945 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3946 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3947 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3950 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3951 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3952 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3953 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3960 #if defined USE_LUCID
3962 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3963 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3966 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3971 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3972 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3975 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3976 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3978 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3985 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3988 /************************************************************************
3990 ************************************************************************/
3992 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3994 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3995 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3996 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3997 struct scroll_bar
*));
3998 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4002 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4003 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4005 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4007 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4009 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4011 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4012 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4015 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4017 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4019 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4021 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4022 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4023 to avoid jerkyness. */
4025 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4027 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4028 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4029 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4030 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4033 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4036 XtPointer client_data
;
4040 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4046 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4047 end_action
= "Release";
4048 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4049 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4050 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4051 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4054 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4055 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4059 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4060 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4061 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4063 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4065 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4066 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4067 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4069 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4070 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4072 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4073 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4076 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4078 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4079 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4081 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4082 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4085 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4086 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4087 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4088 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4091 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4093 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4096 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4097 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4098 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4103 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4104 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4105 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4106 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4107 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4110 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4111 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4112 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4113 into that array in the event. */
4114 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4115 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4118 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4120 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4121 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4122 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4124 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4126 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4127 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4130 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4131 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4132 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4133 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4134 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4135 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4137 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4138 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4140 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4141 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4142 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4143 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4148 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4152 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4154 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4156 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4161 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4162 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4164 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4165 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4167 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4168 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4171 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4173 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4175 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4176 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4177 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4178 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4179 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4185 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4187 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4190 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4191 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4192 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4195 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4197 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4199 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4200 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4201 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4205 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4206 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4207 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4210 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4211 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4212 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4215 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4216 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4217 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4220 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4221 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4222 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4226 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4227 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4230 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4231 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4232 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4239 /* Get the slider size. */
4241 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4244 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4245 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4246 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4247 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4251 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4257 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4258 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4259 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4264 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4266 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4267 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4270 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4274 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4280 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4281 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4283 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4285 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4288 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4290 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4296 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4298 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4300 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4302 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4303 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4305 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4307 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4308 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4310 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4312 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4313 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4315 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4317 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4318 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4322 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4323 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4324 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4325 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4330 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4331 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4332 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4336 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4338 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4339 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4340 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4344 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4346 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4348 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4349 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4351 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4354 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4356 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4360 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4362 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4363 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4364 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4365 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4366 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4368 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4370 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4372 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4373 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4374 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4375 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4379 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4380 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4381 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4382 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4383 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4384 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4385 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4388 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4390 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4392 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4393 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4394 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4398 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4400 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4403 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4404 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4406 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4407 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4408 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4409 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4411 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4413 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4414 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4415 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4416 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4419 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4420 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4422 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4424 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4425 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4429 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4431 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4433 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4436 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4441 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4444 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4446 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4452 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4453 unsigned long pixel
;
4458 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4459 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4460 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4461 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4462 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4463 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4464 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4465 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4467 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4470 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4474 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4477 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4481 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4482 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4484 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4485 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4487 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4489 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4491 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4493 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4495 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4497 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4500 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4501 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4503 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4504 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4505 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4506 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4508 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4510 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4511 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4512 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4513 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4514 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4515 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4516 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4517 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4519 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4522 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4526 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4529 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4533 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4535 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4536 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4538 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4539 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4540 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4542 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4544 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4546 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4547 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4548 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4550 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4553 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4554 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4555 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4556 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4557 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4558 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4560 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4564 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4565 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4566 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4568 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4570 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4573 /* Specify the colors. */
4574 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4577 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4580 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4583 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4589 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4590 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4594 char *val
= initial
;
4595 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4596 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4597 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4599 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4600 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4601 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4602 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4603 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4604 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4608 /* Define callbacks. */
4609 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4610 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4613 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4614 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4616 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4618 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4619 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4620 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4621 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4623 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4624 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4625 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4626 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4630 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4633 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4634 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4638 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4639 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4640 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4642 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4645 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4647 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4648 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4649 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4651 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4652 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4659 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4660 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4661 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4662 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4663 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4664 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4665 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4666 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4667 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4668 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4669 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4670 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4671 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4672 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4679 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4680 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4683 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4687 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4688 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4690 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4691 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4692 size
= max (size
, 1);
4694 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4695 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4696 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4698 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4700 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4706 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4707 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4711 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4713 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4714 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4715 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4719 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4720 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4721 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4724 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4725 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4727 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4728 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4729 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4730 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4732 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4733 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4736 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4737 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4738 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4740 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4744 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4748 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4750 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4754 /************************************************************************
4755 Scroll bars, general
4756 ************************************************************************/
4758 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4759 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4760 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4763 static struct scroll_bar
*
4764 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4766 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4768 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4769 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4770 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4774 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4775 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4776 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4778 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4782 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4783 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4784 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4786 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4787 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4789 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4791 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4793 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4794 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4795 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4796 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4797 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4799 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4801 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4802 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4803 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4805 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4807 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4814 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4816 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4818 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4819 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4820 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4821 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4822 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4823 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4824 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4825 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4827 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4828 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4830 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4831 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4832 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4834 /* Map the window/widget. */
4835 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4838 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4839 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4841 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4842 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4844 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4845 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4846 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4847 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4848 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4850 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4851 max (height
, 1), 0);
4852 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4853 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4855 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4856 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4857 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4864 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4866 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4867 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4868 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4871 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4872 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4873 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4874 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4875 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4877 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4880 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4881 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4885 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4886 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4887 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4888 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4890 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4892 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4893 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4899 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4900 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4901 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4903 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4904 the distance between start and end. */
4906 int length
= end
- start
;
4910 else if (start
> top_range
)
4912 end
= start
+ length
;
4916 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4920 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4921 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4922 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4924 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4925 if (end
> top_range
)
4928 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4929 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4930 that many pixels tall. */
4931 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4933 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4934 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4936 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4937 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4938 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4939 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4940 inside_width
, start
,
4943 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4944 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4945 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4946 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4948 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4949 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4950 /* x, y, width, height */
4951 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4952 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4953 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4955 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4956 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4957 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4958 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4960 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4961 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4962 if (end
< inside_height
)
4963 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4964 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4965 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4966 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4967 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4975 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4977 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4981 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4982 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4984 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4987 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4989 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4990 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4991 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4992 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4994 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4997 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4998 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5004 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5005 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5006 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5010 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5012 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5014 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5015 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5016 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5017 int window_y
, window_height
;
5019 /* Get window dimensions. */
5020 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5022 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5023 height
= window_height
;
5025 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5026 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5028 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5029 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5030 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5031 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5035 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5036 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5037 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5039 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5040 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5044 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5045 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5046 : width
- sb_width
));
5048 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5049 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5054 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5055 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5057 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5060 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5061 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5065 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5069 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5070 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5072 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5076 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5078 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5080 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5082 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5085 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5087 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5090 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5091 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5092 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5093 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5094 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5096 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5097 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5099 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5100 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5102 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5103 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5104 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5106 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5107 max (height
, 1), 0);
5108 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5110 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5112 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5113 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5114 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5116 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5117 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5119 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5120 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5121 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5125 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5126 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5127 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5130 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5131 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5132 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5134 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5135 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5136 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5137 rest
, height
, False
);
5139 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5140 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5144 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5149 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5151 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5153 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5157 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5159 /* Remember new settings. */
5160 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5161 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5162 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5163 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5168 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5169 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5170 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5171 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5173 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5175 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5178 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5181 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5182 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5183 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5186 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5188 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5192 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5193 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5194 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5195 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5196 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5197 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5198 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5200 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5201 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5202 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5205 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5208 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5209 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5212 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5213 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5214 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5215 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5216 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5217 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5218 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5223 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5224 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5227 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5228 struct window
*window
;
5230 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5233 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5234 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5237 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5239 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5240 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5241 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5243 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5245 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5246 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5248 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5249 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5250 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5252 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5253 one or the other! */
5257 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5259 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5260 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5262 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5264 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5265 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5266 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5269 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5270 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5273 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5276 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5278 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5280 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5281 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5282 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5284 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5286 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5288 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5291 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5294 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5295 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5299 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5300 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5301 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5303 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5307 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5308 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5311 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5312 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5313 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5314 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5318 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5320 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5321 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5323 /* x, y, width, height */
5325 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5326 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5331 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5333 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5334 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5336 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5341 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5342 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5344 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5346 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5349 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5350 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5351 emacs_event
->modifiers
5352 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5353 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5354 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5355 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5358 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5359 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5360 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5363 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5365 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5368 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5369 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5372 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5374 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5375 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5376 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5377 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5379 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5381 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5382 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5383 whether or not we're dragging. */
5385 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5387 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5388 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5389 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5392 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5393 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5394 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5395 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5397 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5398 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5400 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5401 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5405 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5407 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5409 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5410 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5412 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5414 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5417 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5421 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5423 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5425 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5429 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5430 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5433 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5435 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5438 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5440 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5441 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5443 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5444 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5446 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5448 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5450 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5455 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5457 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5458 on the scroll bar. */
5461 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5463 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5464 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5466 unsigned long *time
;
5468 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5469 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5470 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5472 Window dummy_window
;
5474 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5478 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5480 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5482 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5483 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5484 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5486 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5489 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5496 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5499 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5501 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5503 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5504 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5508 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5512 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5514 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5515 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5516 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5517 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5518 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5519 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5521 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5523 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5524 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5527 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5530 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5536 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5537 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5538 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5542 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5545 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5548 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5549 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5550 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5551 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5552 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5553 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5554 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5555 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5557 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5561 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5564 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5565 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5566 sometimes don't work. */
5568 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5571 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5572 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5573 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5574 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5576 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5577 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5579 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5581 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5582 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5584 static int temp_index
;
5585 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5587 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5588 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5590 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5592 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5593 on a particular display. */
5595 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5597 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5598 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5599 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5600 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5602 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5604 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5607 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5608 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5609 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5610 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5611 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5612 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5616 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5617 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5627 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5628 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5629 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5631 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5633 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5637 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5638 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5641 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5642 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5643 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5646 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5647 event
->xclient
.window
);
5649 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5654 static int current_count
;
5655 static int current_finish
;
5656 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5658 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5659 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5660 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5661 static GdkFilterReturn
5662 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5667 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5669 if (current_count
>= 0)
5671 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5673 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5676 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5677 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5678 so we do it here. */
5679 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5680 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5681 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5685 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5689 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5694 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5696 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5697 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5699 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5701 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5704 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5706 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5707 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5708 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5710 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5713 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5714 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5717 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5720 struct input_event ie
;
5721 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5727 struct coding_system coding
;
5728 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5730 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5732 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5733 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5740 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5741 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5742 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5744 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5745 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5747 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5748 could be the shell widget window
5749 if the frame has no title bar. */
5750 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5752 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5753 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5754 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5756 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5757 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5758 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5759 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5760 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5763 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5764 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5765 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5766 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5769 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5770 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5771 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5774 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5775 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5776 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5777 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5778 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5779 /* The ICCCM says this is
5780 the only valid choice. */
5782 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5783 /* This is needed to detect the error
5784 if there is an error. */
5786 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5788 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5793 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5794 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5796 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5797 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5798 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5799 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5800 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5801 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5802 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5803 session manager and one for this. */
5805 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5808 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5809 event
.xclient
.window
);
5810 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5811 for a single Emacs process. */
5812 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5813 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5814 event
.xclient
.window
,
5815 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5817 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5818 event
.xclient
.window
,
5824 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5825 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5827 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5828 event
.xclient
.window
);
5830 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5832 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5833 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5840 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5841 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5846 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5847 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5850 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5852 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5853 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5857 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5864 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5865 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5867 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5868 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5872 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5874 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5875 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5876 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5877 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5879 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5880 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5881 currently never do because we are interested in
5882 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5883 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5884 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5885 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5886 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5890 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5891 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5892 we construct an input_event. */
5893 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5894 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5896 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5897 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5900 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5902 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5907 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5908 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5912 case SelectionNotify
:
5913 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5914 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5916 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5917 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5920 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5921 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5922 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5924 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5926 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5928 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5929 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5930 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5931 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5932 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5936 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5937 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5938 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5940 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5942 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5943 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5945 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5946 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5947 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5948 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5949 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5950 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5951 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5952 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5956 case PropertyNotify
:
5957 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5958 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5959 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5960 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5961 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5965 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5968 case ReparentNotify
:
5969 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5973 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5974 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5978 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5979 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5984 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5987 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5990 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5991 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5992 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5993 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5994 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5997 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5999 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6000 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6001 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6002 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6006 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6007 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6011 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6012 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6014 #if defined USE_LUCID
6015 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6016 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6017 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6020 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6022 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6024 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6026 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6027 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6029 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6030 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6031 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6034 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6035 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6038 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6039 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6043 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6044 source area was obscured or not
6046 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6050 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6051 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6052 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6054 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6057 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6060 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6061 source area was completely
6066 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6067 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6070 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6073 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6074 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6075 the frame was deleted. */
6077 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6078 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6079 display that won't ever be seen. */
6080 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6081 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6082 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6083 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6084 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6085 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6086 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6087 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6089 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6091 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6092 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6098 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6099 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6100 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6103 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6104 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6105 frame is visible. */
6106 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6109 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6110 the frame's display structures.
6111 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6112 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6113 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6114 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6115 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6116 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6118 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6119 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6120 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6124 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6125 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6127 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6128 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6129 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6130 to update the frame titles
6131 in case this is the second frame. */
6132 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6138 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6140 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6141 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6142 if (popup_activated ())
6146 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6148 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6150 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6151 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6154 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6157 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6158 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6159 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6161 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6163 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6164 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6167 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6171 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6172 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6173 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6176 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6177 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6178 status_return even if the input is too long to
6179 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6180 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6181 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6182 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6183 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6184 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6185 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6187 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6191 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6192 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6193 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6195 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6199 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6200 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6201 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6203 /* This will have to go some day... */
6205 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6206 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6207 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6208 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6209 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6210 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6211 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6213 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6214 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6215 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6216 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6217 not it is combined with Meta. */
6218 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6219 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6224 Status status_return
;
6226 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6227 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6228 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6229 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6231 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6233 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6234 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6235 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6236 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6237 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6240 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6241 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6242 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6243 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6244 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6245 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6246 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6247 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6249 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6251 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6252 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6253 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6256 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6262 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6264 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6269 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6270 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6274 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6275 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6278 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6279 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6283 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6284 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6285 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6288 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6289 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6291 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6292 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6294 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6295 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6297 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6298 translations to characters. */
6299 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6300 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6302 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6303 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6307 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6308 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6309 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6313 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6314 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6315 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6316 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6320 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6321 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6322 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6323 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6324 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6325 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6327 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6328 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6330 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6331 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6332 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6333 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6334 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6335 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6337 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6338 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6340 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6341 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6343 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6344 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6346 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6347 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6349 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6350 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6352 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6353 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6355 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6356 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6358 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6359 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6361 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6362 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6364 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6365 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6367 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6368 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6370 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6371 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6373 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6374 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6376 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6377 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6378 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6379 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6380 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6381 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6383 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6384 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6387 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6389 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6390 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6391 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6392 don't have real modifiers but
6393 should be treated similarly to
6394 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6395 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6396 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6398 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6399 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6403 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6404 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6406 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6407 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6411 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6416 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6417 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6418 we used just above and the locale. */
6419 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6420 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6421 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6422 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6423 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6424 gives us composition information. */
6425 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6427 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6429 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6433 /* Decode the input data. */
6437 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6438 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6439 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6440 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6441 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6442 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6443 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6444 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6445 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6449 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6450 character events. */
6451 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6453 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6454 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6456 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6458 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6459 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6460 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6462 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6465 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6466 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6469 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6471 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6477 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6478 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6487 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6488 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6496 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6498 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6500 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6501 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6504 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6506 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6507 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6509 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6511 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6512 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6515 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6516 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6519 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6520 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6521 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6522 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6526 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6530 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6532 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6535 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6537 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6538 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6539 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6540 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6543 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6544 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6545 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6546 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6547 if (any_help_event_p
)
6553 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6558 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6559 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6562 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6563 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6564 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6566 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6568 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6570 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6571 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6577 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6578 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6582 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6583 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6586 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6587 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6588 will be selected iff it is active. */
6589 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6590 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6591 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6593 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6594 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6599 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6603 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6604 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6605 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6606 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6609 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6610 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6612 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6613 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6614 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6617 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6618 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6619 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6620 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6625 case ConfigureNotify
:
6626 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6629 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6631 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6632 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6633 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6634 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6635 do this one, the right one will come later.
6636 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6637 need to reset it below. */
6639 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6640 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6641 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6642 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6647 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6648 is called by the code that handles resizing
6649 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6651 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6652 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6653 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6654 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6655 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6656 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6657 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6659 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6660 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6661 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6663 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6666 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6667 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6670 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6671 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6672 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6673 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6676 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6677 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6678 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6680 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6681 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6682 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6686 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6687 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6690 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6692 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6693 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6694 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6695 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6703 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6704 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6707 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6709 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6711 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6712 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6714 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6718 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6719 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6720 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6723 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6724 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6726 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6727 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6729 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6730 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6732 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6733 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6734 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6740 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6741 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6743 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6744 if (! popup_activated ())
6747 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6749 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6750 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6752 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6753 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6755 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6756 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6759 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6765 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6766 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6767 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6769 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6770 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6772 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6774 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6775 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6777 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6779 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6780 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6783 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6785 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6786 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6789 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6792 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6794 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6795 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6796 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6800 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6801 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6802 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6803 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6804 Instead, save it away
6805 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6806 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6809 ! popup_activated ()
6812 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6813 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6814 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6815 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6816 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6817 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6818 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6819 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6821 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6822 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6824 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6827 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6829 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6833 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6834 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6835 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6837 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6839 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6840 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6841 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6846 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6849 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6853 case CirculateNotify
:
6856 case CirculateRequest
:
6859 case VisibilityNotify
:
6863 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6865 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6867 case MappingModifier
:
6868 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6869 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6870 case MappingKeyboard
:
6871 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6877 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6879 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6880 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6882 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6887 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6889 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6894 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6899 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6905 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6906 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6907 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6911 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6912 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6922 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6923 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6924 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6926 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6928 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6932 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6933 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6935 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6938 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6944 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6945 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6946 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6948 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6949 thus pretending to be `read'.
6951 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6954 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6957 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6961 int event_found
= 0;
6962 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6964 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6966 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6970 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6973 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6974 input_signal_count
++;
6978 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6979 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6980 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6982 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6984 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6985 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6986 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6987 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6988 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6989 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
6992 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
6993 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
6994 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
6995 for X connections. */
6998 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7000 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7001 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7002 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7003 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7005 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7009 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7010 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7012 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7013 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7018 struct input_event inev
;
7020 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7021 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7022 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7024 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7032 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7036 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7039 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7040 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7045 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7047 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7050 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7055 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7056 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7057 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7058 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7060 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7061 from all displays. */
7063 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7065 current_count
= count
;
7066 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7068 gtk_main_iteration ();
7070 count
= current_count
;
7072 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7074 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7077 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7081 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7082 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7085 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7086 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7087 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7089 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7093 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7094 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7096 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7098 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7099 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7103 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7105 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7106 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7108 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7109 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7121 /***********************************************************************
7123 ***********************************************************************/
7125 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7126 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7128 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7129 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7130 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7133 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7135 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7139 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7140 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7141 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7143 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7145 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7146 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7147 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7148 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7149 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7151 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7155 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7158 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7160 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7162 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7163 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7164 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7167 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7170 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7171 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7172 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7173 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7176 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7177 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7178 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7179 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7181 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7182 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7183 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7184 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7185 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7187 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7188 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7189 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7191 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7192 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7193 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7194 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7198 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7200 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7201 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7202 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7206 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7208 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7210 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7212 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7213 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7215 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7216 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7218 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7219 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7222 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7223 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7224 the bar might not be in the window. */
7225 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7227 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7228 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7229 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7233 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7234 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7235 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7236 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7237 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7240 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7241 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7242 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7243 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7244 that the glyph is legible. */
7245 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7246 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7248 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7249 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7252 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7255 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7256 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7260 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7261 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7263 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7264 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7266 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7267 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7268 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7269 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7270 width
, row
->height
);
7272 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7273 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7274 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7275 row
->height
- width
),
7276 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7279 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7284 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7287 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7291 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7295 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7298 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7300 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7302 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7303 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7307 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7310 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7312 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7314 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7317 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7321 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7322 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7324 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7325 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7327 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7328 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7331 switch (cursor_type
)
7333 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7334 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7337 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7338 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7342 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7346 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7350 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7358 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7359 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7360 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7365 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7366 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7373 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7376 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7382 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7385 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7386 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7387 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7388 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7393 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7394 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7395 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7397 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7398 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7399 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7403 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7404 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7406 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7407 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7408 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7409 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7412 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7413 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7414 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7415 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7416 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7418 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7421 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7422 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7428 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7429 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7432 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7436 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7442 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7443 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7445 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7446 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7448 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7449 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7450 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7452 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7453 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7454 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7455 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7460 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7462 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7463 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7465 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7467 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7468 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7469 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7472 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7476 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7477 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7478 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7481 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7482 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7485 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7486 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7487 stored in x_error_message_string.
7489 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7490 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7492 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7494 void x_check_errors ();
7495 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7498 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7501 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7503 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7506 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7507 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7508 x_error_message_string
));
7510 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7511 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7516 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7519 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7520 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7522 Lisp_Object first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7523 Display
*dpy
= XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
;
7525 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7526 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7527 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7534 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7538 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7539 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7540 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7543 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7547 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7550 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7551 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7554 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7555 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7558 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7561 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7564 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7567 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7570 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7573 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7576 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7577 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7578 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7579 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7582 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7586 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7590 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7593 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7598 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7599 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7600 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7601 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7602 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7605 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7606 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7609 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7610 must reestablish each time */
7611 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7616 /************************************************************************
7618 ************************************************************************/
7620 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7622 static char *error_msg
;
7624 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7625 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7626 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7629 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7631 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7635 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7636 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7639 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7641 char *error_message
;
7643 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7644 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7647 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7648 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7649 handling_signal
= 0;
7651 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7652 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7653 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7654 the original message here. */
7655 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7657 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7658 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7659 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7661 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7662 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7663 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7665 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7666 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7668 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7669 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7670 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7672 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7673 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7674 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7677 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7678 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7679 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7680 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7686 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7689 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7691 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7693 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7694 that are on the dead display. */
7695 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7697 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7699 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7700 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7701 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7702 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7703 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7704 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7707 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7708 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7709 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7710 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7711 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7712 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7714 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7715 trying to find a replacement. */
7716 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7717 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7721 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7723 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7725 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7727 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7728 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7732 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7734 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7736 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7737 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7739 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7740 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7743 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7744 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7745 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7747 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7748 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7751 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7755 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7756 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7758 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7762 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7763 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7764 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7766 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7768 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7769 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7774 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7780 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7781 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7783 static void NO_INLINE
7784 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7788 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7790 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7791 original error handler. */
7793 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7794 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7795 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7796 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7800 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7801 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7802 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7805 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7810 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7811 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7815 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7817 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7818 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7819 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7820 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7823 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7825 register char *fontname
;
7827 struct font_info
*fontp
7828 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7833 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7834 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7835 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7837 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7838 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7839 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7841 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7843 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7844 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7846 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7847 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7848 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7852 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7853 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7856 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7857 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7859 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7860 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7861 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7862 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7863 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7864 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7866 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7867 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7868 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7869 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7870 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7873 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7876 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7877 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7878 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7879 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7882 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7886 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7892 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7893 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7895 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7897 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7899 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7900 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7903 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7904 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7908 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7909 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7912 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7916 /***********************************************************************
7918 ***********************************************************************/
7924 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7925 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7926 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7929 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7931 XPointer client_data
;
7934 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7935 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7939 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7940 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7942 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7943 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7945 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7946 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7950 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7951 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7952 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7956 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7959 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7960 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7963 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7964 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7967 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7968 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7969 char *resource_name
;
7976 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7983 XIMCallback destroy
;
7986 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7987 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7990 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7991 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7992 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7998 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7999 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8003 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8007 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8008 char *resource_name
;
8011 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8012 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8013 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8014 when the callback was registered. */
8017 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8019 XPointer client_data
;
8022 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8023 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8025 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8029 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8031 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8032 as they have no XIC. */
8033 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8035 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8038 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8040 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8042 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8043 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8045 create_frame_xic (f
);
8046 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8047 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8048 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8050 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8051 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8060 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8063 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8064 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8065 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8066 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8069 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8070 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8071 char *resource_name
;
8076 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8077 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8080 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8081 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8082 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8083 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8084 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8085 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8086 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8087 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8088 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8089 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8090 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8091 least, hence the configure test. */
8092 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8093 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8094 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8095 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8096 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8100 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8101 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8105 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8108 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8109 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8114 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8115 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8116 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8118 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8119 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8120 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8121 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8122 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8123 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8125 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8128 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8132 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8133 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8136 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8139 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8140 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8142 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8143 is already for the top-left corner. */
8144 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8147 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8148 position that fits on the screen. */
8149 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8150 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8151 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8154 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8156 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8157 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8158 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8160 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8161 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8162 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8163 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8166 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8167 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8169 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8172 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8173 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8176 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8177 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8178 so the flags should correspond. */
8179 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8182 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8183 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8184 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8185 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8186 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8189 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8191 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8194 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8196 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8200 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8202 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8204 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8205 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8207 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8210 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8212 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8213 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8215 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8217 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8218 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8219 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8220 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8221 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8224 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8225 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8227 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8228 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8230 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8231 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8232 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8238 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8239 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8241 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8244 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8246 int width
, height
, ign
;
8248 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8250 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8252 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8253 when setting WM manager hints.
8254 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8255 x_check_expected_move. */
8256 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8258 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8259 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8260 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8262 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8263 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8268 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8270 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8271 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8272 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8273 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8275 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8278 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8280 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8281 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8283 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8285 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8286 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8287 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8289 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8290 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8291 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8293 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8294 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8296 /* Just do this once */
8297 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8302 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8303 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8304 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8305 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8308 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8313 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8315 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8316 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8317 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8319 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8320 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8321 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8323 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8325 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8326 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8328 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8329 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8331 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8332 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8333 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8335 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8336 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8337 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8338 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8340 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8341 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8342 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8343 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8344 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8346 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8348 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8349 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8350 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8352 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8353 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8354 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8355 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8356 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8358 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8362 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8363 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8364 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8365 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8368 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8376 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8377 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8379 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8382 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8384 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8385 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8386 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8387 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8388 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8389 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8390 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8391 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8392 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8395 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8397 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8399 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8401 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8403 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8404 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8406 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8407 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8408 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8409 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8410 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8415 /* Mouse warping. */
8418 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8424 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8425 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8427 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8428 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8430 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8431 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8435 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8436 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8440 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8443 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8449 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8450 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8454 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8457 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8460 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8464 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8465 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8466 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8467 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8468 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8477 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8478 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8479 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8480 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8484 /* Raise frame F. */
8490 if (f
->async_visible
)
8493 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8494 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8499 /* Lower frame F. */
8505 if (f
->async_visible
)
8508 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8509 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8515 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8525 /* Change of visibility. */
8527 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8528 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8529 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8530 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8531 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8532 finishes with it. */
8535 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8539 int original_top
, original_left
;
8540 int retry_count
= 2;
8546 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8548 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8550 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8552 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8553 call x_set_offset a second time
8554 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8555 before the window gets really visible. */
8556 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8557 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8558 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8560 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8562 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8563 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8564 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8565 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8566 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8567 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8569 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8570 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8572 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8573 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8574 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8575 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8576 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8577 to come back ok without this. */
8578 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8579 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8583 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8585 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8586 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8587 so that incoming events are handled. */
8591 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8592 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8593 will set it when they are handled. */
8594 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8596 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8597 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8599 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8602 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8604 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8605 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8606 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8607 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8609 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8610 because the window manager may choose the position
8611 and we don't want to override it. */
8613 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8614 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8615 && previously_visible
)
8619 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8623 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8624 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8625 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8626 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8627 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8628 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8629 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8630 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8631 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8633 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8634 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8635 original_left
, original_top
);
8640 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8642 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8643 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8644 MapNotify at all.. */
8645 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8646 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8648 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8651 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8652 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8653 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8654 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8655 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8657 if (input_polling_used ())
8659 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8660 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8661 handler reset it. */
8662 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8663 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8664 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8665 poll_for_input_1 ();
8666 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8669 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8670 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8675 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8679 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8680 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8681 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8682 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8684 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8689 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8691 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8694 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8699 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8700 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8702 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8703 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8704 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8706 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8707 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8713 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8714 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8715 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8716 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8717 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8718 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8721 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8722 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8728 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8729 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8731 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8732 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8734 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8736 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8737 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8741 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8742 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8743 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8744 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8745 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8746 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8748 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8751 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8752 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8756 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8757 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8758 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8761 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8762 just by the event that we get from the server.
8763 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8764 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8765 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8767 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8768 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8769 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8776 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8785 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8786 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8787 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8789 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8794 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8796 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8798 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8801 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8803 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8804 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8806 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8809 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8810 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8816 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8818 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8820 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8821 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8822 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8823 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8824 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8825 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8826 so we have to record it here. */
8829 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8830 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8835 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8836 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8837 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8841 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8843 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8844 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8848 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8850 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8852 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8853 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8854 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8855 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8857 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8858 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8860 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8861 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8865 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8866 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8867 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8868 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8869 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8871 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8872 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8874 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8877 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8878 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8882 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8884 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8886 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8888 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8889 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8892 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8893 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8895 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8897 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8901 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8904 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8907 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8909 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8913 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8914 commands to the X server. */
8915 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8917 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8918 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8920 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8921 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8922 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8923 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8924 toolkit scroll bars. */
8925 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8927 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8928 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8937 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8938 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8940 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8941 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8943 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8944 we are using a toolkit. */
8945 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8946 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8948 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8949 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8952 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8953 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8954 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8956 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8957 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8958 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8960 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8962 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8963 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8964 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8966 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8967 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8968 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8969 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8970 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8971 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
8973 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
8974 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
8975 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8976 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8977 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8978 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
8979 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8980 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
8981 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8982 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
8983 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8984 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
8985 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
8986 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
8987 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
8989 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
8990 free_frame_faces (f
);
8993 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8996 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8997 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
8999 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9000 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9002 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9003 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9004 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9005 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9006 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9007 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9009 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9011 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9012 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9013 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9014 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9015 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9016 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9017 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9024 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9027 x_destroy_window (f
)
9030 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9032 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9033 commands to the X server. */
9034 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9035 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9037 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9041 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9043 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9044 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9045 that the window now has.
9046 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9047 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9048 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9052 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9057 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9059 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9062 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9065 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9067 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9068 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9070 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9071 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9073 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9074 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9075 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9076 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9077 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9078 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9079 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9080 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9081 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9082 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9084 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9085 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9086 size_hints
.max_width
9087 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9088 size_hints
.max_height
9089 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9091 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9093 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9094 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9095 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9097 int base_width
, base_height
;
9098 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9100 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9101 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9103 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9105 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9106 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9107 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9108 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9109 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9111 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9112 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9113 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9116 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9117 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9118 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9119 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9120 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9122 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9123 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9127 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9130 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9133 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9136 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9137 long supplied_return
;
9141 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9144 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9147 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9148 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9149 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9150 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9151 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9155 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9160 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9161 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9162 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9163 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9164 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9165 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9166 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9167 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9171 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9176 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9177 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9181 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9182 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9184 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9187 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9189 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9192 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9194 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9197 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9201 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9204 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9205 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9206 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9207 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9209 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9210 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9212 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9213 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9217 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9221 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9223 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9224 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9229 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9230 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9231 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9232 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9236 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9237 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9238 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9239 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9240 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9241 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9242 best to explicitly give up. */
9244 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9245 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9254 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9258 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9262 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9263 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9264 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9265 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9268 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9270 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9271 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9273 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9277 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9281 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9283 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9284 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9285 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9287 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9291 /***********************************************************************
9293 ***********************************************************************/
9295 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9298 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9302 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9306 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9308 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9311 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9313 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9314 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9315 on how many fonts to match. */
9318 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9320 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9324 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9325 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9326 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9327 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9328 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9329 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9331 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9335 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9339 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9340 if (NILP (patterns
))
9341 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9343 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9344 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9345 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9347 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9350 char **names
= NULL
;
9352 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9353 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9354 The cache is an alist of the form:
9355 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9356 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9357 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9358 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9359 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9362 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9363 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9367 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9370 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9372 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9375 unsigned long value
;
9377 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9378 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9380 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9381 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9383 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9387 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9389 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9390 int len
= strlen (name
);
9393 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9394 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9395 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9397 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9401 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9402 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9404 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9405 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9410 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9413 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9416 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9418 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9419 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9426 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9427 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9430 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9439 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9442 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9444 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9445 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9447 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9451 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9458 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9459 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9460 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9464 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9466 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9467 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9468 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9469 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9470 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9471 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9476 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9478 else if (dashes
== 9)
9480 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9481 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9484 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9485 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9487 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9488 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9490 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9491 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9492 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9494 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9495 width of this font. */
9496 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9498 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9499 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9504 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9507 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9512 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9513 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9514 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9517 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9519 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9520 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9521 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9527 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9531 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9535 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9537 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9538 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9539 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9542 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9543 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9544 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9545 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9547 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9548 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9550 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9552 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9558 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9560 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9562 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9566 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9567 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9568 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9569 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9572 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9573 if (found_size
== size
)
9574 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9575 else if (found_size
> 0)
9577 if (NILP (second_best
))
9579 else if (found_size
< size
)
9581 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9582 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9587 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9588 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9593 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9595 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9597 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9608 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9612 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9617 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9619 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9621 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9622 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9623 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9626 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9629 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9631 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9632 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9633 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9634 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9635 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9638 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9642 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9643 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9645 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9646 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9647 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9649 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9653 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9654 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9655 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9656 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9657 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9660 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9664 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9666 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9667 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9669 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9670 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9672 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9673 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9675 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9678 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9679 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9680 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9682 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9683 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9686 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9687 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9689 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9690 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9691 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9695 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9696 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9697 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9698 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9701 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9703 register char *fontname
;
9706 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9707 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9710 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9711 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9712 we already have by comparing names. */
9713 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9715 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9720 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9721 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9722 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9723 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9724 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9725 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9726 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9727 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9730 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9734 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9735 unsigned long value
;
9738 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9739 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9740 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9741 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9742 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9743 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9744 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9747 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9748 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9749 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9751 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9752 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9754 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9756 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9761 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9762 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9763 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9766 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9767 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9768 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9771 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9772 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9774 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9777 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9778 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9781 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9783 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9785 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9786 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9787 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9789 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9791 /* Fixed width font. */
9792 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9799 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9800 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9802 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9804 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9806 fontp
->average_width
9807 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9808 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9809 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9810 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9811 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9815 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9816 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9817 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9818 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9819 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9822 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9826 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9828 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9830 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9834 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9835 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9837 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9848 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9849 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9856 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9858 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9860 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9861 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9863 if (NILP (font_names
))
9865 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9866 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9867 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9868 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9869 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9870 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9873 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9875 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9876 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9878 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9881 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9883 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9885 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9886 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9888 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9892 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9893 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9894 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9895 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9896 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9897 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9898 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9899 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9901 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9903 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9904 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9905 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9906 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9907 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9909 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9910 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9911 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9912 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9913 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9914 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9915 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9916 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9917 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9918 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9919 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9920 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9921 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9923 fontp
->baseline_offset
9924 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9925 ? (long) value
: 0);
9926 fontp
->relative_compose
9927 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9928 ? (long) value
: 0);
9929 fontp
->default_ascent
9930 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9931 ? (long) value
: 0);
9933 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9934 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9935 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9936 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9937 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9938 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9945 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9946 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9949 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9951 register char *fontname
;
9953 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9956 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9957 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9958 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9959 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9960 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9965 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9966 `encoder' of the structure. */
9969 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9970 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9972 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9975 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9979 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
9980 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
9982 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
9989 struct ccl_program
*ccl
9990 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
9992 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
9995 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10001 /***********************************************************************
10003 ***********************************************************************/
10005 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10006 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10007 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10008 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10010 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10011 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10012 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10014 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10015 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10016 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10017 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10018 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10019 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10020 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10022 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10024 static int x_initialized
;
10026 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10027 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10028 the screen number from the server number. */
10030 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10031 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10033 int seen_colon
= 0;
10034 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10035 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10036 int length_until_period
= 0;
10038 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10039 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10040 length_until_period
++;
10042 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10043 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10045 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10047 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10048 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10049 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10050 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10051 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10052 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10053 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10054 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10055 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10056 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10057 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10058 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10059 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10060 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10062 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10066 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10070 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10071 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10075 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10076 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10079 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10080 unsigned long mask
;
10087 while (!(mask
& 1))
10103 struct x_display_info
*
10104 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10105 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10107 char *resource_name
;
10111 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10116 if (!x_initialized
)
10124 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10126 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10127 char **argv2
= argv
;
10130 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10132 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10133 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10134 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10135 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10136 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10140 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10144 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10146 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10148 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10149 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10152 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10153 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10156 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10159 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10161 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10165 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10167 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10168 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10170 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10172 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10173 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10174 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10176 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10177 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10178 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10180 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10181 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10186 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10187 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10190 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10191 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10192 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10194 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10195 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10196 So let's not use it until R6. */
10197 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10198 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10209 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10210 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10212 turn_on_atimers (0);
10213 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10214 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10215 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10217 turn_on_atimers (1);
10219 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10220 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10225 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10227 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10229 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10230 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10231 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10233 /* Detect failure. */
10240 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10242 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10243 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10245 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10247 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10250 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10251 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10252 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10253 SDATA (display_name
)))
10256 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10259 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10260 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10261 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10263 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10265 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10266 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10267 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10271 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10272 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10273 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10274 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10275 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10276 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10277 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10279 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10283 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10284 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10285 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10287 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10288 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10289 x_display_name_list
);
10290 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10292 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10295 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10299 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10300 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10302 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10303 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10305 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10306 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10308 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10310 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10311 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10312 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10314 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10315 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10317 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10318 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10319 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10320 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10322 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10324 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10326 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10328 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10329 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10330 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10331 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10332 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10333 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10334 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10335 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10336 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10337 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10338 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10339 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10340 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10341 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10342 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10343 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10344 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10345 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10346 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10347 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10348 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10349 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10350 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10351 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10352 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10353 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10354 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10355 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10356 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10357 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10358 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10359 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10360 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10362 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10363 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10364 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10366 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10368 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10369 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10370 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10371 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10372 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10373 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10376 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10377 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10379 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10382 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10383 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10384 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10386 if (STRINGP (value
)
10387 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10388 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10389 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10393 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10394 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10397 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10398 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10399 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10400 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10401 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10402 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10403 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10404 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10405 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10408 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10409 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10410 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10411 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10412 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10413 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10414 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10415 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10416 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10417 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10418 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10419 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10420 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10421 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10422 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10423 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10424 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10425 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10426 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10427 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10428 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10429 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10430 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10431 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10432 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10433 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10434 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10435 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10436 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10437 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10438 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10439 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10440 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10441 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10442 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10443 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10444 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10445 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10446 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10447 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10448 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10449 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10450 /* For properties of font. */
10451 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10452 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10453 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10454 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10455 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10456 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10457 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10458 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10459 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10460 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10462 /* Ghostscript support. */
10463 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10464 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10466 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10469 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10471 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10472 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10477 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10479 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10480 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10481 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10486 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10487 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10489 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10491 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10492 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10496 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10499 #ifdef subprocesses
10500 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10501 if (connection
!= 0)
10502 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10505 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10507 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10508 /* stdin is a socket here */
10509 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10510 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10511 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10512 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10513 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10514 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10517 if (interrupt_input
)
10518 init_sigio (connection
);
10519 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10522 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10523 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10524 so that Xt does not crash. */
10526 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10527 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10531 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10532 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10533 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10534 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10535 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10536 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10537 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10538 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10540 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10541 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10542 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10547 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10548 for debugging X code. */
10551 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10552 build_string ("synchronous"),
10553 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10555 if (STRINGP (value
)
10556 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10557 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10558 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10563 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10564 build_string ("useXIM"),
10565 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10568 if (STRINGP (value
)
10569 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10570 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10573 if (STRINGP (value
)
10574 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10575 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10581 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10582 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10583 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10591 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10592 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10595 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10596 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10600 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10602 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10603 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10604 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10605 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10606 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10611 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10612 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10614 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10616 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10619 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10623 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10624 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10626 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10627 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10630 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10632 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10633 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10634 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10637 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10638 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10639 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10642 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10643 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10644 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10648 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10651 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10652 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10653 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10655 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10656 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10657 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10660 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10661 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10663 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10664 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10665 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10669 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10671 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10672 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10673 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10674 that slows us down. */
10677 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10678 struct atimer
*timer
;
10680 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10683 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10684 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10689 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10692 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10694 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10696 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10698 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10702 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10704 x_after_update_window_line
,
10705 x_update_window_begin
,
10706 x_update_window_end
,
10712 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10714 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10715 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10716 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10717 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10718 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10719 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10722 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10723 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10724 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10725 x_clear_frame_area
,
10726 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10727 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10728 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10734 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10736 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10737 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10738 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10739 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10740 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10741 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10742 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10743 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10744 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10745 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10746 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10747 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10748 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10749 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10750 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10751 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10752 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10753 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10755 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10756 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10757 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10758 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10759 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10764 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10765 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10766 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10769 current_count
= -1;
10772 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10773 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10775 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10776 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10778 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10780 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10781 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10782 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10783 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10784 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10785 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10786 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10788 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10790 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10791 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10792 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10793 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10794 widgets don't behave normally. */
10796 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10797 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10798 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10802 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10804 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10805 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10809 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10810 original error handler. */
10811 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10812 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10814 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10816 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10817 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10819 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10826 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10827 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10829 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10830 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10832 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10833 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10835 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10836 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10838 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10839 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10840 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10841 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10843 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10844 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10846 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10847 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10848 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10849 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10850 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10851 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10852 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10854 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10855 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10856 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10857 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10858 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10859 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10860 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10861 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10862 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10864 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10865 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10866 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10867 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10868 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10870 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10871 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10872 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10874 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10876 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10879 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10882 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10883 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10885 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10886 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10887 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10888 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10889 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10890 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10891 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10892 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10893 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10895 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10896 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10897 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10898 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10899 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10900 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10902 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10903 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10904 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10905 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10906 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10907 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10909 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10910 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10911 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10912 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10913 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10914 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10916 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10917 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10918 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10919 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10920 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10921 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10923 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10924 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10925 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10926 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10927 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10931 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10933 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10934 (do not change this comment) */